diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'extra')
273 files changed, 5879 insertions, 5879 deletions
diff --git a/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h index 139d7f7..762b98f 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -68,37 +68,37 @@ class KAccelAction public: KAccelAction(); KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); void clear(); - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - void setName( const QString& ); - void setLabel( const QString& ); - void setWhatsThis( const QString& ); + void setName( const TQString& ); + void setLabel( const TQString& ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); void setConfigurable( bool ); void setEnabled( bool ); @@ -110,19 +110,19 @@ class KAccelAction void clearShortcut(); bool contains( const KKeySequence& ); - QString toString() const; - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toString() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; static bool useFourModifierKeys(); static void useFourModifierKeys( bool ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -153,28 +153,28 @@ class KAccelActions void clear(); bool init( const KAccelActions& ); - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; void emitKeycodeChanged(); diff --git a/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h index 1a80eee..86889d5 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h index c52e43d..4624c23 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -94,53 +94,53 @@ public: /** * Load an icon theme by name. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public: bool isValid() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. */ int depth() const { return mDepth; } @@ -163,17 +163,17 @@ public: /** * Query available sizes for a group. */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -186,32 +186,32 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); static void reconfigure(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h index faeb99c..c6250b2 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -17,26 +17,26 @@ namespace KKeyServer { m_sym = 0; } Sym( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; } - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - bool init( const QString& ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); + bool init( const TQString& ); int qt() const; - QString toStringInternal() const; - QString toString() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toString() const; - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; uint getSymVariation() const; operator uint() const { return m_sym; } Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; struct Key @@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint m_mod; uint m_sym; - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } uint code() const { return m_code; } uint mod() const { return m_mod; } uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); int compare( const Key& ) const; @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -109,23 +109,23 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ uint accelModMaskX(); - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); }; #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h index af33ca8..6bce731 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ protected: }; // This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h index 76a721c..91cdef2 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,15 +135,15 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -265,18 +265,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; protected slots: void slotClicked(); @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21 2002/03/04 00:51:52 lunakl Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h index b013817..d82786a 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h index 139d7f7..762b98f 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -68,37 +68,37 @@ class KAccelAction public: KAccelAction(); KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); void clear(); - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - void setName( const QString& ); - void setLabel( const QString& ); - void setWhatsThis( const QString& ); + void setName( const TQString& ); + void setLabel( const TQString& ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); void setConfigurable( bool ); void setEnabled( bool ); @@ -110,19 +110,19 @@ class KAccelAction void clearShortcut(); bool contains( const KKeySequence& ); - QString toString() const; - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toString() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; static bool useFourModifierKeys(); static void useFourModifierKeys( bool ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -153,28 +153,28 @@ class KAccelActions void clear(); bool init( const KAccelActions& ); - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; void emitKeycodeChanged(); diff --git a/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h index 1a80eee..86889d5 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h index c52e43d..4624c23 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -94,53 +94,53 @@ public: /** * Load an icon theme by name. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public: bool isValid() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. */ int depth() const { return mDepth; } @@ -163,17 +163,17 @@ public: /** * Query available sizes for a group. */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -186,32 +186,32 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); static void reconfigure(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h index faeb99c..c6250b2 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -17,26 +17,26 @@ namespace KKeyServer { m_sym = 0; } Sym( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; } - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - bool init( const QString& ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); + bool init( const TQString& ); int qt() const; - QString toStringInternal() const; - QString toString() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toString() const; - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; uint getSymVariation() const; operator uint() const { return m_sym; } Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; struct Key @@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint m_mod; uint m_sym; - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } uint code() const { return m_code; } uint mod() const { return m_mod; } uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); int compare( const Key& ) const; @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -109,23 +109,23 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ uint accelModMaskX(); - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); }; #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h index af33ca8..6bce731 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ protected: }; // This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h index bb6806b..612cb32 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,18 +135,18 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { return QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { return TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -268,18 +268,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; bool isRaised() const; bool isActive() const; @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.1 2002/04/28 20:59:16 wtrobin Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h index b013817..d82786a 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h index 139d7f7..762b98f 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -68,37 +68,37 @@ class KAccelAction public: KAccelAction(); KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); void clear(); - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - void setName( const QString& ); - void setLabel( const QString& ); - void setWhatsThis( const QString& ); + void setName( const TQString& ); + void setLabel( const TQString& ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); void setConfigurable( bool ); void setEnabled( bool ); @@ -110,19 +110,19 @@ class KAccelAction void clearShortcut(); bool contains( const KKeySequence& ); - QString toString() const; - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toString() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; static bool useFourModifierKeys(); static void useFourModifierKeys( bool ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -153,28 +153,28 @@ class KAccelActions void clear(); bool init( const KAccelActions& ); - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; void emitKeycodeChanged(); diff --git a/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h index 1a80eee..86889d5 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h index c52e43d..4624c23 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -94,53 +94,53 @@ public: /** * Load an icon theme by name. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public: bool isValid() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. */ int depth() const { return mDepth; } @@ -163,17 +163,17 @@ public: /** * Query available sizes for a group. */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -186,32 +186,32 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); static void reconfigure(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h index faeb99c..c6250b2 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -17,26 +17,26 @@ namespace KKeyServer { m_sym = 0; } Sym( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; } - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - bool init( const QString& ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); + bool init( const TQString& ); int qt() const; - QString toStringInternal() const; - QString toString() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toString() const; - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; uint getSymVariation() const; operator uint() const { return m_sym; } Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; struct Key @@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint m_mod; uint m_sym; - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } uint code() const { return m_code; } uint mod() const { return m_mod; } uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); int compare( const Key& ) const; @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -109,23 +109,23 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ uint accelModMaskX(); - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); }; #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h index af33ca8..6bce731 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ protected: }; // This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h index 23b6937..65d96d8 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,18 +135,18 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -268,18 +268,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; bool isRaised() const; bool isActive() const; @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.2 2002/05/26 13:09:06 carewolf Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h index b013817..d82786a 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h index dfb7445..14f3494 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if succesful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); }; #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h index 7901df3..5a36b02 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h index 1d2ae39..299cf66 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins * * @since 3.1 * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h index dfb7445..14f3494 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if succesful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); }; #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h index bda8938..26c200a 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h index 1d2ae39..299cf66 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins * * @since 3.1 * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h index dfb7445..14f3494 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if succesful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); }; #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h index 7901df3..5a36b02 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h index 1d2ae39..299cf66 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins * * @since 3.1 * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h index dfb7445..14f3494 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if succesful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); }; #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h index 7901df3..5a36b02 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h index 1d2ae39..299cf66 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins * * @since 3.1 * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h index d458922..8dda931 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if succesful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h index 1857f5d..9db548f 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h index 2b62e4c..75c0153 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins * * @since 3.1 * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h index 023acad..d332d81 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h index d458922..8dda931 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if succesful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h index 1857f5d..9db548f 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap); + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } + void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon); + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h index 2b62e4c..75c0153 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h @@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ class KURIFilterPrivate; class KURIFilterDataPrivate; -class QStringList; +class TQStringList; class KCModule; /** * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering * information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the +* whenever the application retquires more information about the * URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. * * @sect Example * <pre> -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * if( filtered ) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public: * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: /** * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. */ - void init( const KURL& url = QString::null ); + void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bFiltered; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin. * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private: }; -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: * <pre> - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * </pre> * * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private: * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of * examples: * <pre> - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); * - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins * * @since 3.1 * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde320/configwidget.h b/extra/kde320/configwidget.h index 643df88..313fb27 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde320/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h index 967daa2..5bf5b0d 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -164,71 +164,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h index 83c3268..bdd3182 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h index 8189276..f8c255b 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just * use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> diff --git a/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h index 065617a..b152a6b 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h index b5e962c..804501b 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde321/configwidget.h b/extra/kde321/configwidget.h index 643df88..313fb27 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde321/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h index 967daa2..5bf5b0d 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -164,71 +164,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h index 83c3268..bdd3182 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h index e8dc877..238304b 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just * use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> diff --git a/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h index 065617a..b152a6b 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h index b5e962c..804501b 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde322/configwidget.h b/extra/kde322/configwidget.h index 643df88..313fb27 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde322/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h index 967daa2..5bf5b0d 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -164,71 +164,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h index 83c3268..bdd3182 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h index e8dc877..238304b 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just * use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> diff --git a/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h index 065617a..b152a6b 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h index b5e962c..804501b 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde323/configwidget.h b/extra/kde323/configwidget.h index 643df88..313fb27 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde323/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h index 967daa2..5bf5b0d 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -164,71 +164,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h index ba89800..6aba706 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h index 83c3268..bdd3182 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h @@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h index e8dc877..238304b 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just * use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> diff --git a/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h index 065617a..b152a6b 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h index b5e962c..804501b 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde330/configwidget.h b/extra/kde330/configwidget.h index 643df88..313fb27 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde330/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h index 8d54a60..885c704 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -166,71 +166,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -293,19 +293,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -317,20 +317,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h index 7023f50..e264732 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h index e4f2da4..0938475 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h index da710a3..2b124ed 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h index be0460b..bf4baf1 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h index b5e962c..804501b 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde331/configwidget.h b/extra/kde331/configwidget.h index 643df88..313fb27 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde331/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h index 9e603b0..d664ffe 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -168,71 +168,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -295,19 +295,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -319,20 +319,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h index 7023f50..e264732 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h index e4f2da4..0938475 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h index da710a3..2b124ed 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h index be0460b..bf4baf1 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h index b5e962c..804501b 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde332/configwidget.h b/extra/kde332/configwidget.h index 643df88..313fb27 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde332/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver_x11.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h index 72fbf92..db683c8 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -168,71 +168,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -295,19 +295,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -319,20 +319,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; // KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h index 7023f50..e264732 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h index e4f2da4..0938475 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h index da710a3..2b124ed 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h index be0460b..bf4baf1 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h index b5e962c..804501b 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde340/configwidget.h b/extra/kde340/configwidget.h index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde340/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h index 52ae113..d52988b 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h index f366940..94bd57d 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -147,21 +147,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h index 24574be..e12ffc7 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; // KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h index 63fcb63..a8d18ef 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -338,47 +338,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -393,20 +393,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ //wrapped for win32 - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. + * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. */ - TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); + TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -443,19 +443,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h index a899374..51c49f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h index 293b26a..3e33239 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h index 16ece72..4d19652 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h index fddfb8e..b515860 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h index 29da509..b7ff371 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals: * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. * @since 3.4 */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); + void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state); void doubleClicked(int); void pressed(int); void released(int); @@ -277,22 +277,22 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.39 2004/12/22 14:08:36 faure Exp $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h index 21ad4ed..c69657c 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h index 20b899a..2d23825 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde341/configwidget.h b/extra/kde341/configwidget.h index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde341/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h index 52ae113..d52988b 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h index f366940..94bd57d 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -147,21 +147,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h index 24574be..e12ffc7 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; // KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h index 63fcb63..a8d18ef 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -338,47 +338,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -393,20 +393,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ //wrapped for win32 - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. + * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. */ - TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); + TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -443,19 +443,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h index a899374..51c49f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h index 293b26a..3e33239 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h index 16ece72..4d19652 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h index fddfb8e..b515860 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h index 29da509..b7ff371 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals: * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. * @since 3.4 */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); + void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state); void doubleClicked(int); void pressed(int); void released(int); @@ -277,22 +277,22 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.39 2004/12/22 14:08:36 faure Exp $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h index 21ad4ed..c69657c 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h index 20b899a..2d23825 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde342/configwidget.h b/extra/kde342/configwidget.h index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde342/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h index 52ae113..d52988b 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h index f366940..94bd57d 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -147,21 +147,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h index acd122e..c484443 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; // KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h index eed3d30..e9b9f58 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ //wrapped for win32 - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. + * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. */ - TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); + TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -451,19 +451,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h index a899374..51c49f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h index 293b26a..3e33239 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h index 16ece72..4d19652 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h index fddfb8e..b515860 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h index b26071c..fa275e5 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals: * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. * @since 3.4 */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); + void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state); void doubleClicked(int); void pressed(int); void released(int); @@ -277,22 +277,22 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 372745 2004-12-22 14:08:36Z dfaure $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h index 21ad4ed..c69657c 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h index 20b899a..2d23825 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde343/configwidget.h b/extra/kde343/configwidget.h index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde343/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h index 52ae113..d52988b 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName, + TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; KShortcut m_cut; KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, m_bEnabled; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h index f366940..94bd57d 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase KAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } @@ -147,21 +147,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h index acd122e..c484443 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; // KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h index eed3d30..e9b9f58 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ //wrapped for win32 - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. + * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. */ - TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); + TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -451,19 +451,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h index a899374..51c49f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited(); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals: protected slots: void showShell(); void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const QString& s ); + void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); // void doneSession(TESession*); void sessionDestroyed(); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - QString fontNotFound_par; + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString fontNotFound_par; bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h index 293b26a..3e33239 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h index 16ece72..4d19652 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h index fddfb8e..b515860 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h index b26071c..fa275e5 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals: * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. * @since 3.4 */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); + void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state); void doubleClicked(int); void pressed(int); void released(int); @@ -277,22 +277,22 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 372745 2004-12-22 14:08:36Z dfaure $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h index 21ad4ed..c69657c 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h index 20b899a..2d23825 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde350/configwidget.h b/extra/kde350/configwidget.h index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/configwidget.h +++ b/extra/kde350/configwidget.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ namespace KRES { -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget +class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are diff --git a/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h index 2785277..e2d583c 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, + TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */, m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */; @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h index e21c00c..4bc104e 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool isEnabled() const; /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with * the key @p key. This function takes into account the * key mapping defined in the constructor. @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase /** Returns the name of the configuration group these * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". */ - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } /** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing * accelerators. */ - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; /** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */ @@ -177,21 +177,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h index c1ea330..e82d85a 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h index b0a9766..d03553b 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ //wrapped for win32 - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. + * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. */ - TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); + TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string @@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @internal * @since 3.5 */ - TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const QString& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h index 16028ea..d526c1a 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; class KActionMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited( KProcess * ); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); void forkedChild(); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); void newSession(); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); void setAutoDestroy( bool ); void setAutoStartShell( bool ); }; @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h index 293b26a..3e33239 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public: * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. */ - static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass); + static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. */ - static QString dir(const QString &fileClass); + static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); /** * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass */ - static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory); + static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h index 16ece72..4d19652 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h index fddfb8e..b515860 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1c97cb7..c901793 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals: * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. * @since 3.4 */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); + void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state); void doubleClicked(int); void pressed(int); void released(int); @@ -277,23 +277,23 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - bool event(QEvent *e); - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + bool event(TQEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h index 355ce38..20999ad 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h index 20b899a..2d23825 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource; * * \code * - * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) + * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) * * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); * if ( !res ) { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * @param parent The parent widget * @param name The name of the dialog */ - SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0, + SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); /** @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. */ - static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 ); + static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: KListBox *mResourceId; - QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; + TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; } diff --git a/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h index 2785277..e2d583c 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, + TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */, m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */; @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h index e21c00c..4bc104e 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool isEnabled() const; /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with * the key @p key. This function takes into account the * key mapping defined in the constructor. @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase /** Returns the name of the configuration group these * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". */ - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } /** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing * accelerators. */ - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; /** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */ @@ -177,21 +177,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h index 1261b15..0648d63 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h index b0a9766..d03553b 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ //wrapped for win32 - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. + * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. */ - TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); + TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string @@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @internal * @since 3.5 */ - TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const QString& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h index 16028ea..d526c1a 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; class KActionMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited( KProcess * ); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); void forkedChild(); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); void newSession(); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); void setAutoDestroy( bool ); void setAutoStartShell( bool ); }; @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h index 293b26a..3e33239 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h index 16ece72..4d19652 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h index fddfb8e..b515860 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1c97cb7..c901793 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals: * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. * @since 3.4 */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); + void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state); void doubleClicked(int); void pressed(int); void released(int); @@ -277,23 +277,23 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - bool event(QEvent *e); - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + bool event(TQEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h index 355ce38..20999ad 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h index 2785277..e2d583c 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, + TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */, m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */; @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h index e21c00c..4bc104e 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool isEnabled() const; /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with * the key @p key. This function takes into account the * key mapping defined in the constructor. @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase /** Returns the name of the configuration group these * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". */ - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } /** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing * accelerators. */ - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; /** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */ @@ -177,21 +177,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h index 1261b15..0648d63 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h index b0a9766..d03553b 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ //wrapped for win32 - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. + * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. */ - TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); + TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string @@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @internal * @since 3.5 */ - TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const QString& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h index 16028ea..d526c1a 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; class KActionMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited( KProcess * ); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); void forkedChild(); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); void newSession(); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); void setAutoDestroy( bool ); void setAutoStartShell( bool ); }; @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h index 293b26a..3e33239 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h index 16ece72..4d19652 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h index fddfb8e..b515860 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1c97cb7..c901793 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals: * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. * @since 3.4 */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); + void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state); void doubleClicked(int); void pressed(int); void released(int); @@ -277,23 +277,23 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - bool event(QEvent *e); - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + bool event(TQEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h index 355ce38..20999ad 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: diff --git a/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h index 2785277..e2d583c 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class KAccelBase; -class QObject; +class TQObject; class KConfig; class KConfigBase; @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); ~KAccelAction(); @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not * set */ - const QString& name() const { return m_sName; } + const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } /** * Returns the label of the accelerator action. * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if * not set */ - const QString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } + const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } /** * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be * null if not set */ - const QString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } + const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Returns the receiver of signals. * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) */ - const QObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } + const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } /** * Returns the slot for the signal. @@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Sets the name of the accelerator action. * @param name the new name */ - void setName( const QString& name ); + void setName( const TQString& name ); /** * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. * @param label the new label (i18n!) */ - void setLabel( const QString& label ); + void setLabel( const TQString& label ); /** * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) */ - void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis ); + void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); /** * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal */ - void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); /** * Enables or disabled configuring the action. @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @see KShortcut::toString() */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. @@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); protected: - QString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, + TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; - const QObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; + const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */, m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */; @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup ); + bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); /** * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sAction the action to search * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found */ - int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const; + int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. @@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis, + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, + const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); /** @@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. * @param sAction the name of the action. * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); + bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); /** * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, + bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; /** diff --git a/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h index e21c00c..4bc104e 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ #include "kaccelaction.h" #include "kkeyserver.h" -class QPopupMenu; -class QWidget; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool isEnabled() const; /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ); + KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const; + const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with * the key @p key. This function takes into account the * key mapping defined in the constructor. @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase /** Returns the name of the configuration group these * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". */ - const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } + const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } /** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing * accelerators. */ - void setConfigGroup( const QString& group ); + void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; /** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */ @@ -177,21 +177,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc ); + KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); KAccelAction* insert( - const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp, + const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, + const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const QString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); + bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); + bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable ); + bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); /** * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config @@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase */ void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); + TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); // Protected methods protected: void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); struct X; - void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); + void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); @@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; - typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; + typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; KAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes + TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - QString m_sConfigGroup; + TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; diff --git a/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h index 1261b15..0648d63 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public: /** * The full path of the icon. */ - QString path; + TQString path; private: KIconPrivate *d; @@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public: * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument * allows applications to have themed application icons. */ - KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null); + KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); ~KIconTheme(); /** * The stylized name of the icon theme. * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme */ - QString name() const { return mName; } + TQString name() const { return mName; } /** * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null + * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null * if there is none */ - QString description() const { return mDesc; } + TQString description() const { return mDesc; } /** * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString example() const; + TQString example() const; /** * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none + * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none */ - QString screenshot() const; + TQString screenshot() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. * @return the name of the link overlay */ - QString linkOverlay() const; + TQString linkOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. * @return the name of the zip overlay */ - QString zipOverlay() const; + TQString zipOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. * @return the name of the lock overlay */ - QString lockOverlay() const; + TQString lockOverlay() const; /** * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. * @return the name of the share overlay * @since 3.1 */ - QString shareOverlay () const; + TQString shareOverlay () const; /** * Returns the toplevel theme directory. * @return the directory of the theme */ - QString dir() const { return mDir; } + TQString dir() const { return mDir; } /** * The themes this icon theme falls back on. * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs */ - QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } + TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } /** * The icon theme exists? @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: bool isHidden() const; /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either + * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either * be 8 or 32. * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) */ @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public: * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. * @return a list of available sized for the given group */ - QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; + TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; /** * Query available icons for a size and context. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: * @param context the context of the icons * @return the list of icon names */ - QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; + TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public: * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. */ - KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; + KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; /** * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. * @return the list of all icon themes */ - static QStringList list(); + static TQStringList list(); /** * Returns the current icon theme. * @return the name of the current theme */ - static QString current(); + static TQString current(); /** * Reconfigure the theme. @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public: * @return the name of the default theme name * @since 3.1 */ - static QString defaultThemeName(); + static TQString defaultThemeName(); private: int mDefSize[8]; - QValueList<int> mSizes[8]; + TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; int mDepth; - QString mDir, mName, mDesc; - QStringList mInherits; -// QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; + TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; + TQStringList mInherits; +// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; KIconThemePrivate *d; - static QString *_theme; - static QStringList *_theme_list; + static TQString *_theme; + static TQStringList *_theme_list; }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h index b0a9766..d03553b 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param s the description of the symbol * @see toString() */ - Sym( const QString& s ) + Sym( const TQString& s ) { init( s ); } /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code. + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); + bool initTQt( int keyTQt ); /** * Initializes the key with the given string description. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @return true if successful, false otherwise * @see toString() */ - bool init( const QString &s ); + bool init( const TQString &s ); /** * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - QString toStringInternal() const; + TQString toStringInternal() const; /** * Returns the string representation of the symbol. * @return the string representation of the symbol */ - QString toString() const; + TQString toString() const; /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a + * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as + * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's + * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's * @see KKey::ModFlag */ - uint getModsRequired() const; + uint getModsRetquired() const; /** * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } private: - QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; + TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& ); + static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); }; /** @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer */ struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt + /// Code for native Keys in TQt enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; /// The code of the key @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Initializes the key with a KKey. * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false + * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); + bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt ); /** * Checks whether the key code is a native code. * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key + * false if it is a TQt keycode + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKeyNative */ bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer * Returns the qt key code. * @return the qt key code */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } + int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } /** * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } + void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt ) + { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; } /** * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); + void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt ); uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } @@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym ); /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and + * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code + * @param keyTQt the qt key code * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod ); /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. + * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code. * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here + * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here, * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see KKey */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to @@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. + * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers. * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here + * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here * if successful * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key */ //wrapped for win32 - TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt ); /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. + * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. */ - TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); + TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key + * @see TQt::Key * @see Sym */ TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer /** * @internal */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); /** * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers * @return the user-readable string */ - TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); /** * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string @@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer * @internal * @since 3.5 */ - TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const QString& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); + TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); /** * @internal * Unimplemented? */ - TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); + TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); } #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h index 16028ea..d526c1a 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ class KInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class QPushButton; -class QSpinBox; +class TQPushButton; +class TQSpinBox; class KPopupMenu; class KActionMenu; -class QCheckBox; +class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; class KToggleAction; class KSelectAction; @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ public: konsoleFactory(); virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, + virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, + TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const QStringList &args = QStringList()); + const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); static KInstance *instance(); @@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public { Q_OBJECT public: - konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); + konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); virtual ~konsolePart(); signals: void processExited( KProcess * ); - void receivedData( const QString& s ); + void receivedData( const TQString& s ); void forkedChild(); protected: virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals: void enableMasterModeConnections(); private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url); + void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); void readProperties(); void saveProperties(); @@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ signals: // void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); void updateKeytabMenu(); - bool doOpenStream( const QString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& ); + bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); + bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); bool doCloseStream(); - QWidget* parentWidget; + TQWidget* parentWidget; // TEWidget* te; // TESession* se; // ColorSchemaList* colors; @@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ signals: KPopupMenu* m_options; KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - QFont defaultFont; + TQFont defaultFont; - QString pmPath; // pixmap path - QString s_schema; - QString s_kconfigSchema; - QString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word + TQString pmPath; // pixmap path + TQString s_schema; + TQString s_kconfigSchema; + TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word bool b_framevis:1; bool b_histEnabled:1; @@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ signals: public: // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface // functions... - void startProgram( const QString& program, - const QStrList& args ); + void startProgram( const TQString& program, + const TQStrList& args ); void newSession(); - void showShellInDir( const QString& dir ); - void sendInput( const QString& text ); + void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); + void sendInput( const TQString& text ); void setAutoDestroy( bool ); void setAutoStartShell( bool ); }; @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public: public: HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, unsigned int histSize, - QWidget *parent); + TQWidget *parent); public slots: void slotDefault(); @@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ public slots: bool isOn() const; protected: - QCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - QSpinBox* m_size; - QPushButton* m_setUnlimited; + TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; + TQSpinBox* m_size; + TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; };*/ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h index 293b26a..3e33239 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when * building extrernal menu entries. */ - KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu @@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public: * @param name name of the object * @see path(), setPath() */ - KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~KPanelMenu(); /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if + * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if * there's no such associated path. * @return the associated directory path * @see setPath() */ - const QString& path() const; + const TQString& path() const; /** * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. * @param p the directory path * @see path() */ - void setPath(const QString &p); + void setPath(const TQString &p); /** * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected: /** * Re-implemented for internal reasons. */ - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev); + virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); /** * For internal use only. Used by constructors. */ - void init(const QString& path = QString::null); + void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); diff --git a/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h index 16ece72..4d19652 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h +++ b/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr + * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr * since they are more safe. * * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit diff --git a/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h index fddfb8e..b515860 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h +++ b/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include <qdict.h> #include <qptrlist.h> class KSycoca; -class QStringList; -class QString; +class TQStringList; +class TQString; class KSycocaDict; class KSycocaResourceList; -typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; +typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; /** * @internal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: * Construct an entry from a config file. * To be implemented in the real factories. */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0; + virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; /** * Add an entry @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void save(QDataStream &str); + virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); /** * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override * this function. */ - virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str); + virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); /** * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected: int m_sycocaDictOffset; int m_beginEntryOffset; int m_endEntryOffset; - QDataStream *m_str; + TQDataStream *m_str; KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files * @internal */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory> +class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> { public: KSycocaFactoryList() { } diff --git a/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1c97cb7..c901793 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ class KToolBar; class KToolBarButtonPrivate; class KInstance; -class QEvent; -class QPopupMenu; -class QPainter; +class TQEvent; +class TQPopupMenu; +class TQPainter; /** * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the * KToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null, + KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); /** @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null); + KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** * Construct a separator button @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The active pixmap */ - // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC + virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: * * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: * * @param text The button (or tooltip) text */ - virtual void setText(const QString &text); + virtual void setText(const TQString &text); /** * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally @@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public: * * @param icon The name of the icon */ - virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon); + virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap ) - { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } + virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) + { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet. + * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods * that set icons or pixmaps. * @param iconset The iconset to use */ - virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset ); + virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public: * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically * generated from this one */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } + KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } /** * @deprecated @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one */ - void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; /** * @deprecated @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: * * @param icon The icon to use when disabled */ - void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; + void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; #endif /** @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public: /** * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) */ - QPopupMenu *popup(); + TQPopupMenu *popup(); /** * Returns the button's id. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public: * @param p The new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: * @param p the new popup menu * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. */ - void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); + void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); /** * Turn this button into a radio button @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals: * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. * @since 3.4 */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); + void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state); void doubleClicked(int); void pressed(int); void released(int); @@ -277,23 +277,23 @@ public slots: * orientation changing, etc. */ void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo); + virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); protected: - bool event(QEvent *e); - void paletteChange(const QPalette &); - void leaveEvent(QEvent *e); - void enterEvent(QEvent *e); - void drawButton(QPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e); + bool event(TQEvent *e); + void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); + void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); + void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); + void drawButton(TQPainter *p); + bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); void showMenu(); - QSize sizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSizeHint() const; - QSize minimumSize() const; + TQSize sizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; + TQSize minimumSize() const; /// @since 3.1 bool isRaised() const; @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ private: * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> { public: KToolBarButtonList(); diff --git a/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h index 355ce38..20999ad 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule; * information between the filter plugins and the application * requesting the filtering service. * -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information +* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule; * \b Example * * \code -* QString text = "kde.org"; +* TQString text = "kde.org"; * KURIFilterData d = text; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); * cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public: * * @param url is the string to be filtered. */ - KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Copy constructor. @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public: * This functions returns the error message set * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a QString::null. + * a TQString::null. * * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. */ - QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } + TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } /** * Returns the URI type. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public: * * @param url the string to be filtered. */ - void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); } + void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } /** * Same as above except the argument is a URL. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public: * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path ); + bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); /** * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or QString::null + * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null * @see hasAbsolutePath() */ - QString absolutePath() const; + TQString absolutePath() const; /** * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public: * Returns the command line options and arguments for a * local resource when present. * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null + * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null */ - QString argsAndOptions() const; + TQString argsAndOptions() const; /** * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public: * is found. * * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or QString::null if not found + * or TQString::null if not found */ - QString iconName(); + TQString iconName(); /** * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public: * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done * @since 3.2 */ - QString typedString() const; + TQString typedString() const; /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public: /** * Overloaded assigenment operator. * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString + * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString * to a KURIFilterData object. * * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } + KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } protected: @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected: * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. * @param url the URL to initialize the object with */ - void init( const QString& url = QString::null ); + void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); private: bool m_bCheckForExecutables; bool m_bChanged; - QString m_strErrMsg; - QString m_strIconName; + TQString m_strErrMsg; + TQString m_strIconName; KURL m_pURI; URITypes m_iType; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: * * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public: * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name * @param pri the priority of the plugin. */ - KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); + KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); /** * Returns the filter's name. * * @return A string naming the filter. */ - virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; } + virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } /** * Returns the filter's priority. @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public: * * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } + virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } /** * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. * - * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none. + * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. */ - virtual QString configName() const { return name(); } + virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } protected: @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected: /** * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const { + void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; } @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected: * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data * to @p args if any were found during filterting. */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const; + void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - QString m_strName; + TQString m_strName; double m_dblPriority; protected: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private: /** * A list of filter plugins. */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> +class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> { public: virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) @@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private: * of a boolean flag: * * \code - * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); + * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); * \endcode * * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke + * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses * multiple filters: * * \code - * QString text = "kde.org"; + * TQString text = "kde.org"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); * \endcode * * \code - * QStringList list; + * TQStringList list; * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * \endcode @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters the URI given by the URL. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Filters a string representing a URI. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public: * * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed */ - bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Returns the filtered URI. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public: * * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered */ - QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() ); + TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); /** * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public: * * @return a plugin iterator. */ - QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; + TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; /** * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. * - * @return a QStringList of plugin names + * @return a TQStringList of plugin names * @since 3.1 */ - QStringList pluginNames() const; + TQStringList pluginNames() const; protected: |